#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 #: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 #: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 msgid "" "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " "protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 msgid "Creating a new entry" msgstr "Creando una nueva entrada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " "<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" " it, if needed." msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " "<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " "new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" " are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " "<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " "remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " "one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" " \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 msgid "" "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " "<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" " the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" " directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " "choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " "Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 msgid "" "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " "this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " "fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" " about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" " file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 #: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "es" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 msgid "." msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " "Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" " user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 msgid "Procedure" msgstr "Procedimiento" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" " to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " "modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" " network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 msgid "CD/DVD burner" msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." msgstr "Su objetivo es definir la forma de montar su disco removible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 msgid "" "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 msgid "Mount point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" " <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 msgid "user/nouser" msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por Windows (SMB)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 msgid "diskdrake --smb" msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " "directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" " tools such as file browsers." msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" " share directories." msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " "new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " "dolphin." msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:3 msgid "3D Desktop Effects" msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drak3d.xml:5 msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Comenzando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:27 msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " "<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " "composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " "effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " "it on." msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " "Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" " installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " "<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:49 msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:62 msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" msgstr "No se puede ver el escritorio tras iniciar sesión" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:75 msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " "with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" " log in problem." msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakauth.xml:11 msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" " manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 msgid "Set up boot system" msgstr "Configurar el arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5 msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" " choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " "no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " "device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" " boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " "prevent you machine from booting." msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " "During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" " systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activar ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 msgid "" "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " "APIC:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 msgid "" "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " "components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " "APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " "\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" " APIC." msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " "available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" " order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " "entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" " with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 msgid "" "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "En la pantalla \"Avanzado\", es posible elegir el modo de video " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakboot.xml:6 msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " "starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " "boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " "possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " "launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " "<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" " continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" msgstr "Recolectar logs e información del sistema para reportes de bugs" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 msgid "drakbug_report" msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" " doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " "drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " "first: the file can easily be several GBs large." msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" " the unneeded parts." msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" msgstr "Este comando recolecta la siguiente información de su sistema:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 msgid "lspci" msgstr "lspci" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 msgid "pci_devices" msgstr "pci_devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 msgid "dmidecode" msgstr "dmidecode" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 msgid "fdisk" msgstr "fdisk" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 msgid "lsmod" msgstr "lsmod" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 msgid "cmdline" msgstr "cmdline" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 msgid "pcmcia: stab" msgstr "pcmia: stab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 msgid "usb" msgstr "usb" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 msgid "partitions" msgstr "particiones" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 msgid "cpuinfo" msgstr "cpuinfo" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 msgid "syslog" msgstr "syslog" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 msgid "Xorg.log" msgstr "Xorg.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 msgid "monitor_full_edid" msgstr "monitor_full_edid" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 msgid "stage1.log" msgstr "stage1.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 msgid "ddebug.log" msgstr "ddebug.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 msgid "install.log" msgstr "install.log" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 msgid "fstab" msgstr "fstab" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 msgid "modprobe.conf" msgstr "modprobe.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 msgid "lilo.conf" msgstr "lilo.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 msgid "grub: menu.lst" msgstr "grub: menu.lst" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 msgid "grub: install.sh" msgstr "grub: install.sh" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 msgid "grub: device.map" msgstr "grub: device.map" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 msgid "xorg.conf" msgstr "xorg.conf" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 msgid "urpmi.cfg" msgstr "urpmi.cfg" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 msgid "modprobe.preload" msgstr "modprobe.preload" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 msgid "sysconfig/i18n" msgstr "sysconfig/i18n" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 msgid "/proc/iomem" msgstr "/proc/iomem" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 msgid "/proc/ioport" msgstr "/proc/ioport" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 msgid "mageia version" msgstr "versión de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 msgid "rpm -qa" msgstr "rpm -qa" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 msgid "df" msgstr "df" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " "our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" " by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " "journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " "for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " "automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," " after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " "of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " "report." msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " "then please read <link " "xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " "to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " "button." msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 msgid "Manage date and time" msgstr "Fecha y hora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakclock.xml:5 msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " "System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " "time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " "right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 msgid "It's a very simple tool." msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " "On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" " the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " "Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " "time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " "minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" " to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" " your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" " will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "Remove a connection" msgstr "Quitar una conexión" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconnect.xml:6 msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" " are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." " The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" " have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el servidor NIS" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " "<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " "available from your service provider's website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " "computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " "\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " "Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " "domestic ADSL would not need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" " can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " "team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 msgid "A new Cable modem connection" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:172 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" " and password." msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." " The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " "<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" " have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" " to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " "computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " "\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " "Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " "domestic connection would not need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:287 msgid "A new DSL connection" msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:329 msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:357 msgid "A new ISDN connection" msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " "you. Then it is asked for parameters:" msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:424 msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " "automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" " put:" msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." msgstr "Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" " or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " "the IP address." msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión inalámbrica (WIFI)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:468 msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 msgid "" "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " "declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " "In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " "the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " "HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," " the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " "<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " "<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " "available from your providers website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " "domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " "before the period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:648 msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:694 msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:702 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:720 msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " "provider. If it is not listed, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." " Then it is asked for Dialup options:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:786 msgid "Ending the configuration" msgstr "Fin de la configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:788 msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" msgstr "En el siguiente paso, puede especificar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:792 msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir a los usuarios administrar la conexión</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:796 msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:800 msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" msgstr "Con el botón Avanzado puede especificar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 msgid "Metric (10 by default)" msgstr "Métrico (10 de manera predeterminada)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:824 msgid "MTU" msgstr "MTU" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:828 msgid "Network Hotplugging" msgstr "Enchufe en caliente de la red" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:832 msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:836 msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconsole.xml:3 msgid "Open a console as administrator" msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakconsole.xml:5 msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " "console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" " information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 msgid "Manage disk partitions" msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakdisk.xml:10 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " "see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " "<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:39 msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " "resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" " partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " "all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " "disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " "partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" msgstr "Solo se puede redimensionar una partición por su lado derecho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:53 msgid "" "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:67 msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakedm.xml:5 msgid "Set up display manager" msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakedm.xml:7 msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " "manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" " on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 msgid "Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " "first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" " attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 msgid "" "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 msgid "" "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " "allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " "corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" " below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " "be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " "Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" " packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:26 msgid "a preview of the selected font." msgstr "una previsualización del tipo de letra seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:30 msgid "some buttons explained here later." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" " must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" " to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Desinstalar:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " "the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " "when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 msgid "Parental Controls" msgstr "Controles paternos" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakguard.xml:5 msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " "Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " "drakguard package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "Presentación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" " only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " "blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " "website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " "control blocker DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 msgid "Configuring Parental controls" msgstr "Configurar Controles parentales" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 msgid "" "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " "users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" " an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " "this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" " will then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " "control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" " is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 msgid "" "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " "their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " "right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " "not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 msgid "" "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 msgid "Block Programs Tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" " restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakgw.xml:12 msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:25 msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " "computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " "network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " "other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 msgid "Gateway wizard" msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" " one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" " and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" " configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" " it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 msgid "Configure the client" msgstr "Configure el cliente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " "to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" " using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 msgid "Stop connection sharing" msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " "the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " "sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 msgid "Hosts definitions" msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakhosts.xml:5 msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 msgid "" "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " "team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 msgid "Network Center" msgstr "Centro de Redes" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " "configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," " etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " "depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " "change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " "create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " "(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" " type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " "wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " "types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" " connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " "networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " "strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " "the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " "either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " "or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " "to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " "window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " "key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " "available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" " -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " "accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 msgid "The Configure button" msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " "<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" " configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 msgid "" "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " "Manager:</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " "point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" " passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "Manage different network profiles" msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draknfs.xml:11 msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:24 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" " first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 msgid "" "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 msgid "Main window" msgstr "Ventana principal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 msgid "Modify entry" msgstr "Modificar entrada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:52 msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:64 msgid "NFS Directory" msgstr "Directorio NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 msgid "Host access" msgstr "Acceso de host" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:74 msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" msgstr "Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 msgid "User ID Mapping" msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:98 msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " "cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" " the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." " This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" " to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " "directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" " mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " "originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" " is on by default." msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 msgid "" "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" msgstr "Entradas de menú" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:143 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:155 msgid "Save the current configuration." msgstr "Guardar la configuración actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:159 msgid "NFS Server|Restart" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 msgid "NFS Server|Reload" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " "files." msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "Proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakproxy.xml:12 msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" " administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" " proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " "as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 msgid "Configure Media" msgstr "Configurar repositorios" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" " repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" " to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" " below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 msgid "" "If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " "USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 msgid "" "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " "i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 msgid "The columns" msgstr "Las columnas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 msgid "Column Enable:" msgstr "Columna Activar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 msgid "Column Update:" msgstr "Columna Actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 msgid "" "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" " of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 msgid "The buttons on the right" msgstr "Los botones a la derecha" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Eliminar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Añadir:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " "you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" " specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " "in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" " release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " "will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "El menú" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" " click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" " actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " "(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " "the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" " the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " "the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " "on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " "here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" " necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" "For more information about configuring the media, see <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " "page</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksambashare.xml:13 msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:29 msgid "" "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " "resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:39 msgid "" "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " "address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " "role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" " if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:67 msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" " access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:91 msgid "Choose the security mode:" msgstr "Elija el nivel de seguridad:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:95 msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:115 msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " "configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " "<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:151 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:153 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " "controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 msgid "Declare a directory to share" msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" " the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " "name can not be modified." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "Guardar la configuración actual en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:214 msgid "Samba server|Configure" msgstr "Servidor de Samba|Configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:216 msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." msgstr "Se puede ejecutar el asistente de nuevo con esta orden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:220 msgid "Samba server|Restart" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:227 msgid "Samba Server|Reload" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:235 msgid "Printers share" msgstr "Compartir impresora" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:237 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> #: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:247 msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:249 msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksec.xml:6 msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:20 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:23 msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list gives the choice between:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:29 msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:34 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:39 msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching" msgstr "Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:44 msgid "" "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC " "tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Instantáneas" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " "<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " "tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " "<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " "Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " "<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" " the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " "files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " "<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" " the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " "be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " "are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" " USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton> para hacer la captura." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de sonido" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/draksound.xml:5 msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" " driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " "card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" " inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " "resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " "PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakups.xml:3 msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakvpn.xml:6 msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " "secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " "workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:32 msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 msgid "Then give your connection a name." msgstr "De un nombre a la conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:37 msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:42 msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:54 msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:57 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:72 msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " "connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" " to this VPN." msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "Configure webserver" msgstr "Configurar servidor web" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" "Take a second to check these options, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "Configure DNS" msgstr "Configurar DNS" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 msgid "Configure DHCP" msgstr "Configurar DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" " be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 msgid "" "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 msgid "" "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " "<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " "adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" "Also modifying Webmin configuration file " "<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 msgid "Configure time" msgstr "Configurar la hora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " "time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" " by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" " arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " "<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" "tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " "<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "Configure FTP" msgstr "Configurar FTP" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" " <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" " (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 msgid "Configure proxy" msgstr "Configurar proxy" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 msgid "What is a proxy server?" msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor proxy?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 msgid "" "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " "as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" "Set visibility to local network or world, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "" "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " "<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" msgstr "Reiniciando <code>squid.</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" " <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " "other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," " via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " "<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 msgid "Hardware configuration" msgstr "Configuración de hardware" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/harddrake2.xml:12 msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " "the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 msgid "The window" msgstr "La ventana" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:33 msgid "The window is divided in two columns." msgstr "La ventana se divide en dos columnas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" " available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 msgid "modem" msgstr "módem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:77 msgid "Jaz devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Jaz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:81 msgid "Zip parallel devices" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 msgid "" "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " "configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" " in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " "each layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 msgid "Keyboard Type" msgstr "Tipo de teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 msgid "Manage localization for your system" msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/localedrake.xml:13 msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " "System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." msgstr "Debería reiniciar su sesión después de cada modificación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 msgid "Input method" msgstr "Método de entrada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:44 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 msgid "View and search system logs" msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/logdrake.xml:5 msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " "logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 msgid "To do a search in the logs" msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " "<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" " to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" " possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " "the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " "day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " "button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " "file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " "clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" " configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " "are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 msgid "To configure a mail alert" msgstr "Configurar el sistema de alertas por correo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " "Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " "Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " "running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " "look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 msgid "The following services can be watched :" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:59 msgid "Webmin Service" msgstr "Servicio Webmin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:63 msgid "Postfix Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo Postfix" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:67 msgid "FTP Server" msgstr "Servidor FTP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:71 msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" msgstr "Servidor web Apache" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:75 msgid "SSH Server" msgstr "Servidor SSH" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:79 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Servidor Samba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:83 msgid "Xinetd Service" msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:87 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " "unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" " the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" msgstr "Mostrar recursos compartidos NFS y SMB disponibles" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 msgid "lsnetdrake" msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " "can write this help, please contact <link " "ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " "Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" msgstr "Muesta la información de PCI, USB y PCMCIA" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 msgid "lspcidrake" msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," " PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 msgid "Information about the graphic card;" msgstr "Información sobre la tarjeta gráfica;" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 msgid "Information about the network" msgstr "Información de la red" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 msgid "Software Packages Update" msgstr "Actualizar software" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" "update</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " "management.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " "those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" " default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" " the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " "displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " ". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 msgid "Configure boot steps" msgstr "Configurar los pasos del arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " "hardware</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " "effects</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," " the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" msgstr "Acerca del manual del Centro de Control de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 msgid "" "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " "tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" " the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:3 msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" " below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:36 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:16 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:33 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " "visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" " choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:4 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:13 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:35 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:48 msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " "system</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: #. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/MCC.xml:4 msgid "Mageia Control Center" msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 msgid "Configure updates frequency" msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " "management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " "Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " "check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " "out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/mousedrake.xml:6 msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" " Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 msgid "" "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/msecgui.xml:5 msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" " for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" " a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " "enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" " own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 msgid "Overview tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 msgid "See the screenshot above" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 msgid "Security settings tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" "A click on the second tab or on the Security " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " "below." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 msgid "Basic security tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" " allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" " in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" " do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" " your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " "constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" " if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " "configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " "constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" " you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" " system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " "the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" " 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " "such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" "configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" "These levels are saved in " "<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " "your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " "<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " "<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" " users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " "to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " "by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" " can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" " and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " "immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." " If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " "security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" " any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " "<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " "the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " "to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 msgid "System security tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " "description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" " column." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 msgid "" "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " "screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 msgid "" "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:238 msgid "Network security" msgstr "Perfil de red" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 msgid "Periodic checks tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:270 msgid "Exceptions tab" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " "these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" " allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" " messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " "button" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " "<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " "<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " "obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " "<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " "tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Permisos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:304 msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 msgid "" "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " "secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " "You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " "specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " "you want. Current configuration is stored in " "<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " "list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " "can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" " owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" " given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" " defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" " and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " "in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 msgid "" "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " "periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " "immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " "rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" " that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 msgid "" "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " "manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " "in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 msgid "Other Mageia Tools" msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " "Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" " next pages." msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>A ser escrito</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 msgid "And more tools?" msgstr "Y más herramientas?" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " "is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " "graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " "package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " "servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " "available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " "of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" " included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" "=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " "the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" " will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " "dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," " updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " "probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" " this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" " of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " "</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" " sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " "description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" " can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 msgid "The status column" msgstr "Columna de estado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 msgid "" "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " "category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " "uncheck the box before the package name and click on " "<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: #. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:147 msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" msgstr "Ejemplos en la captura de pantalla anterior:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" " are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " "button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" " install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 msgid "Set up scanner" msgstr "Configurar escáner" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 msgid "scannerdrake" msgstr "scannerdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?\"</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " "sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" " list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " "<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " "Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escoja el puerto" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " "ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" " case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" " accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 msgid "Hewlett-Packard" msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " "you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " "Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 msgid "Epson" msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" "Drivers are available from <link " "xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" " page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" "data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " "order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " "generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " "have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 msgid "Extra installation steps" msgstr "Pasos de instalación adicionales" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 msgid "" "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " "each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " "what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " "xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." " Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " "system</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 msgid "Install and configure a printer" msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 msgid "" "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " "ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " "interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " "printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 msgid "task-printing-server" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 msgid "task-printing-hp" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 msgid "" "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " "detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 msgid "Automatically detected printer" msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " "name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " "\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " "drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" " next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" " to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 msgid "Select printer from database" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 msgid "provide PPD file" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 msgid "search for a driver to download" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 msgid "" "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " "first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 msgid "Complete the installation process" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 msgid "" "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " "allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " "the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 msgid "Network printer" msgstr "Impresora en red" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " "wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" " another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" " IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " "same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " "fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " "configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" " on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" " your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," " you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" " which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 msgid "Network printing protocols" msgstr "Protocolos de impresión por red" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 msgid "" "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " "JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " "via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " "manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " "<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " "IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " "changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" " the same as above." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 msgid "The other protocols are:" msgstr "Los otros protocolos son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" " with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 msgid "Appsocket" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" "Additional information can be found in the <link " "ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" " documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 msgid "Device Properties" msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " "parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" " system, but you can specify a different one with the " "<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " "another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" " of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " "<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Solución de problemas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " "<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " "Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " "ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " "check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" " is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " "redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" " the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " "tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " "works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" "date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" "<link " "ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" " page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " "for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " "devices</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " "<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " "in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " "ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 msgid "" "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " "features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " "allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " "case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " "ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " "for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " "ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" " search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" "data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" " can also be available and is to install. Choose the " "<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " "installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " "Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" " than yours own." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " "transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " "symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " "example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " "<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " "import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" "When you finished with the accounts selection press " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" " to import documents:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " "Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " "Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " "appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" " to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" " button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/userdrake.xml:11 msgid "Users and Groups" msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/userdrake.xml:13 msgid "userdrake" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " "means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" " (ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" " the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." " There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " "too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" " and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" " you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." msgstr "Es también posible cambiar el ícono" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " "to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " "group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." msgstr "Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" " refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " "make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" " are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 msgid "Set up the graphical server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/XFdrake.xml:5 msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " "as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " "graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " "example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " "you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" " isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: #. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:59 msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" " one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" " another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " "text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" " XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 msgid "Options:" msgstr "Opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " "<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " "booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " "may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" " you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr ""